diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index 7c9eaf3c2..70720edef 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -906,6 +906,7 @@ #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar @@ -951,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03bbd1db4..000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2262 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information in M114 -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 180 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S - // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results - // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) - // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so - // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all - // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at - // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section machine - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} - -// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder -//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// @section lcd - -#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder -#endif - -// @section extras - -// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu -//#define LCD_INFO_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -/** - * LED Control Menu - * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ -//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU -#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif -#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G1 Y190 Z190\nM84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 65 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN - * SS --> SDSS - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// @section safety - -// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, -// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. -#define USE_WATCHDOG - -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. - // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. - // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target -// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Use software SPI for TMC2130. - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. - * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. - * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. - * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. - * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only - - #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING) - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #endif - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop - #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false - #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - - //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behaviour. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs index aa0766b20..50db41fed 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs +++ b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash -cp Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration*.h Marlin +cp config/default/Configuration*.h Marlin [ -f Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup ] && cp Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h rm -f Marlin/src/pins/pins_RAMPS.h.backup diff --git a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults b/buildroot/bin/update_defaults index 2dcea0d15..4442a54e4 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults +++ b/buildroot/bin/update_defaults @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash -cp Marlin/Configuration*.h Marlin/src/config/default +cp Marlin/Configuration*.h config/default diff --git a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs index 423a77d02..a0a0dcd3d 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs +++ b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs @@ -2,18 +2,18 @@ restore_configs -if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" ]; then - cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" Marlin/ +if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" ]; then + cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" Marlin/ fi -if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" ]; then - cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" Marlin/ +if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" ]; then + cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" Marlin/ fi -if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" ]; then - cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" Marlin/ +if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" ]; then + cp "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" Marlin/ fi -if [ -f "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" ]; then - cp "Marlin/src/config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" Marlin/ +if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" ]; then + cp "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" Marlin/ fi diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h b/config/default/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h rename to config/default/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/default/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h index bb05cbf4c..1cf51f6bd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h @@ -952,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md rename to config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h index c23d54f7f..62f50e15e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h index 67643a38b..6836ff954 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt rename to config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h index 5b281a836..b12fcb621 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h @@ -906,6 +906,7 @@ #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar @@ -951,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h index 9565659b1..c83055c7a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h index b0822e48c..dad2f398f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h index 2521909b0..d90f09782 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h index b80e1360e..393823bd4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h index d5cde973b..ddb3be249 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h @@ -952,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets @@ -1263,6 +1262,7 @@ // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h index bf3acb3de..8cd31463a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h index 2d7b9b6dd..a44059b69 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h @@ -956,7 +956,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h index 2b8b91d16..d0550a36d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1259,8 +1259,8 @@ #define Z_SAFE_HOMING #if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). #endif // Homing speeds (mm/m) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h index dc1405c10..79ad50cd9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1122,10 +1122,10 @@ */ #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h index 5f15b3b3d..0019f7d33 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h index 98e0a15a2..a8dacd52e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1122,10 +1122,10 @@ */ #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h index 42468c5f1..130a1af7c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h index 5646f7596..95fe651da 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h index ef690c5aa..21a7c217a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h index 6ffa78229..93935dd15 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h old mode 100755 new mode 100644 similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h index 4f6916a28..5a673a3ec --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h index 7bd92bcf4..7ba15cb2f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h index 72010ea0b..97a6403ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h index e08548300..180dbd9bd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h index bbe7d0062..c57e4ecd7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h index daf3ffd52..4012e5321 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h index 1c999bb78..e096661df 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/README.md b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/README.md rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h index 88671c5f5..772d196cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h index ec8c3476b..5186ffa40 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md b/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md rename to config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h index dbe75566d..70c35d13d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h index d8f77af12..75eabb490 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/README.md b/config/examples/Felix/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Felix/README.md rename to config/examples/Felix/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h index 38278a40a..9f6c76d16 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h index 9a4e94943..fc1523998 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1364,8 +1364,8 @@ #define Z_SAFE_HOMING #if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 50 // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 50 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 50 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 50 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). #endif // Homing speeds (mm/m) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h index 44a6093a1..8c96fc6b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h index 244b0ab88..8deb7fe05 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h @@ -956,7 +956,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) #define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h index ecff0d5c0..711d5cd70 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h rename to config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h index c2af0f4dc..00e318ccd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h index b8603b484..8168c35b4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h index 5c9672169..5d5dd7f93 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h index 0fd4dfd99..ef46da505 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -952,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h index 6bbc02435..186a0210c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h index 60546e783..fdb673d96 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h index 68a3b7990..767542834 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h index 81dab2a58..6f77110c3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h index 21d379e59..9522f1158 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h index 7d79c61e0..f3529b327 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md rename to config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h index 59ee1387b..bdeeffc8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h index 267d446fd..258b3c8ea 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md rename to config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md index 44c308de2..3a5026a4b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md +++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Config without automatic bed level sensor, or in other words, "as stock" 1. Configure Marlin * Copy `_Bootscreen.h`, `Configuration.h`, and `Configuration_adv.h` - from `Marlin/config/examples/Malyan/M150` to `Marlin` + from `config/examples/Malyan/M150` to `Marlin` (overwrite files) * Read `Configuration.h` and make any necessary changes diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h index 739c3a3c2..06e5ee7b5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md rename to config/examples/Micromake/C1/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h index 6240d4cfa..cca98bc17 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h index 14524d8e1..573b179d1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h index 401505d95..70720edef 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h @@ -952,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h index 28bf57352..1d14d5e02 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -952,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt rename to config/examples/Mks/Sbase/000-README_RepRap_Discount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller.txt diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h index c72911b25..caf306294 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h index b8678f4c2..7528803b8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h @@ -952,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h index 6bc563c6d..e75448079 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h index 7a0bd07bd..1f6d03ee1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h index 79b162abc..d95d2b083 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h index b3b2fc2c8..19cd16213 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h index deaf828b3..28625f63c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/STM32F10/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h index 412e81df2..0ad83b2e1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/STM32F4/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h index 6c3ec1e29..9cb1aa94e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h index 6de8c04eb..431a5582e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h index 480af111e..8ff4887e2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h index 292260669..cfc1b7b47 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1122,10 +1122,10 @@ */ #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h index 58ad9582a..07307eb77 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h index 6582e1cfe..d92c39d6d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h @@ -906,6 +906,7 @@ #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar @@ -951,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h index d89f28edd..85ec6c06a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h index 966981772..27a821acd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h index f6ac9705f..5f85003cc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h index bd0197d47..135fb1e78 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -952,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h index 37f7e9400..1525b2119 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h index 18f51b3db..f1c46b4cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h @@ -952,7 +952,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h index f2f9c6b4b..c3808e87b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h index 749d230dc..c4bc1a8c3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h index 92585d97c..d59835de8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md rename to config/examples/Velleman/K8400/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6b05ce6e --- /dev/null +++ b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,2261 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + * + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 + +// @section temperature + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature: + * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. + * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". + * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F + * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by + * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* + * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. + * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 +#endif + +// Show extra position information in M114 +//#define M114_DETAIL + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 180 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled + * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 + #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S + // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results + // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) + // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so + // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all + // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at + // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + +#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. +#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 +#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) +//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially + +// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X + +// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } + // Set number of iterations to align + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 + // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 + // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. + // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point + // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 + // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 +#endif + +// @section machine + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} + +// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder +//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. +// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. +// Time can be set by M18 and M84. +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 + +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated + +// @section lcd + +#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder +#endif + +// @section extras + +// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 + +// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full +#define SLOWDOWN + +// Frequency limit +// See nophead's blog for more info +// Not working O +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define pin which is read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) +//#define DIGIPOT_I2C +#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 +// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. +// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu +//#define LCD_INFO_MENU + +// Scroll a longer status message into view +//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + +// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible +//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + +// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus +//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + +// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage +//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + +#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif +#endif + +/** + * LED Control Menu + * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ +//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU +#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif +#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work + // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined + // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. + // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. + // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). + //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G1 Y190 Z190\nM84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 65 // Pin to detect power loss + #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN + * SS --> SDSS + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + +#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// @section safety + +// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, +// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. +#define USE_WATCHDOG + +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. + // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. + // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). + //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. +#endif + +// @section leveling + +#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target +// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section hidden + +// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. +// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they +// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. +// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 +// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for + * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + * + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if EXTRUDERS > 1 + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + + // Retract and prime filament on tool-change + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change + + #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Use software SPI for TMC2130. + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define you own with + * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, + * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. + * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant g-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. + * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. + * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. + * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. + * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. + * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only + + /** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * + * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod + * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only + + #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING) + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + #endif + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ + * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC + +// @section L6470 + +/** + * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper + #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant g-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // L6470 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +// @section i2cbus + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave + +// @section extras + +/** + * Photo G-code + * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. + * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. + */ +//#define PHOTO_GCODE +#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) + // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo + //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) + //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) + //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) + + // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger + // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ + //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + + // Canon Hack Development Kit + // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + //#define CHDK_PIN 4 + + // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) + + // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) +#endif + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop + #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false + #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction + + /** + * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power + * + * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT + * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 + * + * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) + */ + + #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + + //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 + //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 + //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" + #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" + + #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" + + #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" + #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" +#endif + +/** + * Host Action Commands + * + * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. + * + * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands + * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel + * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed + * + * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. + * + * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so + * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + */ +//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behaviour. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT +#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" + #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" +#endif + +/** + * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 + * Enable in Configuration.h + */ +#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) + + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) + // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) + #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 + #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 562 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 + +/** + * Advanced Print Counter settings + */ +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 + // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs + //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#endif + +// @section develop + +/** + * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins + */ +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md rename to config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h index f36a1a86f..1f0fb28fb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) @@ -2017,6 +2017,10 @@ // Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver #define PCA9632 +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED +//#define PCA9533 + /** * RGB LED / LED Strip Control * diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h b/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h index 7e34c3a2c..52f627a7c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h index b963813de..08218ffd1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg rename to config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h index 0f1dd82c9..41493bd24 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h index 6b77864fe..3418c48ce 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1249,10 +1249,10 @@ */ //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h index 4b90dcc54..a179fe7a1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h index 7bb9fdc01..c000947b4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h index 1482cf1db..3d61b2756 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md rename to config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h index dd689173a..4c24ba46f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h index 57d9b0509..493a39f6b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h index 98cafe1e9..bf4cb2fb5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h @@ -954,7 +954,6 @@ #endif #endif - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h index 741611ead..3a05c8069 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h index 02c4a451e..12f371106 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h index cbab19958..58cef322c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md rename to config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h index 866210d84..bec673e66 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h rename to config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h index 962a7de2f..cc2d3e56c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h index afa9b63d0..22f22a580 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h index c55a81e16..8e8be169f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h rename to config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h index 46f0aea37..65ebe38d7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h rename to config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h